blob: 2600e8e44d6c9d6bf06f42d2239a264a2ca8fb21 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000017#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000023#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000024#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000026#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000027#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000028#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000029#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000030#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <algorithm>
47#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000048#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000049#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000050#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000051#include <set>
52#include <utility>
53#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000054
55using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000056using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058namespace {
59 class UnqualUsingEntry {
60 const DeclContext *Nominated;
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000062
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000063 public:
64 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
65 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
66 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
70 return CommonAncestor;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
74 return Nominated;
75 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000076
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000077 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
78 struct Comparator {
79 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
80 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
84 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
85 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000086
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000087 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
88 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
89 }
90 };
91 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
94 /// lookup.
95 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000096 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000097
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000098 ListTy list;
99 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000100
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 public:
102 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000103
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000104 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000105 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
107 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
108 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000109 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000110 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000111
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000112 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
114 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
115 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000116 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000117 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
118 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
119 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000120 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
121 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000122 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000123 }
124 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000125
126 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
127 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
128 // declared in the context.
129 //
130 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
131 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
132 // the effective DCs right.
133 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000134 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000135 return;
136
137 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
138 }
139
140 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
141 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
142 // were declared in the effective DC.
143 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
144 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000145 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000146 return;
147
148 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
149 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
150 }
151
152 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
153 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
154 // the given effective context.
155 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000156 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000157 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000158 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000160 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000200 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000202 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
203 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
204 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000205 }
206 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000207}
208
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
210// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000211static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
212 bool CPlusPlus,
213 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000214 unsigned IDNS = 0;
215 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000216 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000217 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000218 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000219 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000220 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000221 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000223 if (Redeclaration)
224 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000225 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000226 if (Redeclaration)
227 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000228 break;
229
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000230 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
231 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
232 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
233 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
235 break;
236
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000237 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000238 if (CPlusPlus) {
239 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
240
241 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
242 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
243 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
244 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
245 // "overload" with tag decls.
246 if (Redeclaration)
247 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
248 } else {
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
250 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000251 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000252
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000253 case Sema::LookupLabel:
254 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
255 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000256
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000257 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
258 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
259 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000261 break;
262
263 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000264 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
265 break;
266
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000269 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000270
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000272 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
273 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
274 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
275 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000276 break;
277
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000278 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
280 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000281
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000282 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000283 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000284 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
285 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
286 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000287 }
288 return IDNS;
289}
290
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000291void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000292 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000293 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000294
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000295 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
296 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
297 // operators can be found.
298 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
299 case OO_New:
300 case OO_Delete:
301 case OO_Array_New:
302 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000303 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000304 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000305
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000306 default:
307 break;
308 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000309
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000310 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
311 // up being declared.
312 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
313 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000314 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000315 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000316 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000317 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000318}
319
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000320bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000321 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000322 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
323 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
324 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
325 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
326 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
327 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
328 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000329 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
330 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000331 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
332 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
333 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000334 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000337// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000338void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000339 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000340}
341
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000342/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
343/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000344static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000345 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
346 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
347 // those.
348 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
349 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
350 return DC;
351
352 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
353 // declaration must have been found there.
354 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
355}
356
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000357/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000358void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000359 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000360
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000361 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000362 if (N == 0) {
John McCall7fe6e9c2010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000363 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000364 return;
365 }
366
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000367 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
368 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000369 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000370 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
371 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000372 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000373 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000374 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
375 return;
376 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000377
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000378 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000379 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000380
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000381 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000382 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000383
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000384 bool Ambiguous = false;
385 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000386 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000387
388 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000389
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000390 unsigned I = 0;
391 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000392 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
393 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000394
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000395 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
396 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
397 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
398 continue;
399 }
400
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000401 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
402 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
403 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
404 // canonical type.
405 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
406 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000407 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000408 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T)).second) {
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000409 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
410 // at this index.
411 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
412 continue;
413 }
414 }
415 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000416
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000417 if (!Unique.insert(D).second) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000418 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
419 // continue at this index).
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +0000420 // FIXME: This is wrong. We need to take the more recent declaration in
Richard Smithfe620d22015-03-05 23:24:12 +0000421 // order to get the right type, default arguments, etc. We also need to
422 // prefer visible declarations to hidden ones (for redeclaration lookup
423 // in modules builds).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000424 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000425 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000426 }
427
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000428 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000429
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000430 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
431 HasUnresolved = true;
432 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
433 if (HasTag)
434 Ambiguous = true;
435 UniqueTagIndex = I;
436 HasTag = true;
437 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
438 HasFunction = true;
439 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
440 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
441 HasFunction = true;
442 } else {
443 if (HasNonFunction)
444 Ambiguous = true;
445 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000446 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000447 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000448 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000449
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000450 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
451 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
452 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
453 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
454 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
455 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
456 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
457 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
458 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000459 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000460 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000461 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
462 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000463 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
464 else
465 Ambiguous = true;
466 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000467
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000468 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000469
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000470 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000472
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000473 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000474 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000475 else if (HasUnresolved)
476 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000477 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000478 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000479 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000480 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000481}
482
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000483void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000484 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000485 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000486 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
487 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000489}
490
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000491void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000492 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
493 Paths->swap(P);
494 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
495 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000496 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000497}
498
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000499void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000500 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
501 Paths->swap(P);
502 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
503 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000504 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000505}
506
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000507void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000508 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
509 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
510 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000511
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000512 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
513 Out << "\n";
514 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
515 }
516}
517
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000518/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
519/// fail.
520static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
521 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
522
523 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
524 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
525 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
526 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
527 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
528 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
529 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000530 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
531 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
532 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
533 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
534 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
535 return true;
536 }
537
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000538 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
539 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
540 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
541 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000542 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000543 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
544 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000545
546 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
547 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000548 R.isForRedeclaration(),
549 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000550 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000551 return true;
552 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000553 }
554 }
555 }
556
557 return false;
558}
559
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000560/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
561/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000562static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000563 // We need to have a definition for the class.
564 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
565 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000566
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000567 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000568 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000569}
570
571void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000572 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000573 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000574
575 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000576 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000577 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000578
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000579 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000580 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000581 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000582
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000583 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000584 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000585 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
586
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000587 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000588 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
589 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
590 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
591
592 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
593 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
594 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
595 }
596
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000597 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000598 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000599 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000600}
601
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000602/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000603/// special member function.
604static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
605 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000606 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000607 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
608 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000609
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000610 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
611 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000612
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000613 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000614 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000615 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000616
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000617 return false;
618}
619
620/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
621/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000622static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000623 DeclarationName Name,
624 const DeclContext *DC) {
625 if (!DC)
626 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000627
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000628 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000629 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
630 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000631 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000632 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000633 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000634 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000635 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000636 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000637 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000638 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
639 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000640 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000641 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000642
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000643 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
644 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000645 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000646 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000647 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000648 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000649
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000650 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
651 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
652 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000653
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000654 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000655 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000656 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000657 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000658 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000659 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000660 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
661 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
662 }
663 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000664 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000665
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000666 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000667 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000668 }
669}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000670
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000671// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
672// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000673static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000674 bool Found = false;
675
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000676 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000677 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000678 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000679
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000680 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000681 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
682 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000683 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000684 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000685 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000686 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000687 Found = true;
688 }
689 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000690
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000691 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
692 return true;
693
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000694 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000695 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
696 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
697 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
698 return Found;
699
700 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000701 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000702 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
703 // context of the use are considered. [...]
704 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000705 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000706 return Found;
707
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000708 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
709 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000710 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
711 if (!ConvTemplate)
712 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000713
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000714 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000715 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
716 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000717 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
718 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
719 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
720 Found = true;
721 continue;
722 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000723
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000724 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000725 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
726 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000727 // name lookup.
728 //
729 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
730 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000731 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000732 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
733 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000734 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000735 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000736
737 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000738 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
739 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000740
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000741 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
742 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
743 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000744 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000745 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000746 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000747 QualType ExpectedType
748 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000749 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000750
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000751 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
752 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000753 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000754 Specialization, Info)
755 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
756 R.addDecl(Specialization);
757 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000758 }
759 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000760
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000761 return Found;
762}
763
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000764// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000765static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000766CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000767 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000768
769 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
770
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000771 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000772 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000773
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000774 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
775 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000776 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
777 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000778 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000779
780 R.resolveKind();
781
782 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000783}
784
785static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000786 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000787 return Ctx->isFileContext();
788 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000789}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000790
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000791// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
792// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
793// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
794// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
795// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
796// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
797// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
798static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000799 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000800 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000801 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000802 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
803 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000804 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000805 break;
806 }
807 }
808
809 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
810 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
811 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
812 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
813 // a member of this namespace.
814 //
815 // Example:
816 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000817 // namespace N {
818 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000819 //
820 // template<class T> class B {
821 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000822 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000823 // }
824 //
825 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
826 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
827 // }
828 //
829 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
830 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000831 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000832 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
833 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
834
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000835 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000836 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
837 // template<class C>.
838 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
839 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
840 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
841 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000842
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000843 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
844 // the example, this is namespace N.
845 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
846 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
847 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000848
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000849 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
850 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
851 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
852 // example, this is the global scope.
853 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
854 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
855 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
856
857 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000858}
859
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000860namespace {
861/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
862/// declarations.
863struct FindLocalExternScope {
864 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
865 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
866 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
867 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
868 }
869 void restore() {
870 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
871 }
872 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
873 restore();
874 }
875 LookupResult &R;
876 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
877};
878}
879
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000880bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000881 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000882
883 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000884 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000885
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000886 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
887 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
888 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
889 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000890 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000891 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
892 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000893
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000894 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
895 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
896
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000897 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000898 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000899 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
900 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000901
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000902 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000903 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000904 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
905 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
906 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000907 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000908 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000909 //
910 // For example:
911 // namespace A { int i; }
912 // void foo() {
913 // int i;
914 // {
915 // using namespace A;
916 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
917 // }
918 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000919 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000920 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
921 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000922 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000923 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000924
925 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
926 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
927
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000928 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000929 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000930
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000931 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000932 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000933 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000934 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000935 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
936 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
937 // out-of-scope.
938 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
939 LeftStartingScope = true;
940
941 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000942 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
943 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
944 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
945 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000946 R.setShadowed();
947 continue;
948 }
949 }
950
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000951 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000952 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000953 }
954 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000955 if (Found) {
956 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000957 if (S->isClassScope())
958 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
959 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000960 return true;
961 }
962
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000963 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000964 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
965 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
966 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
967 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
968 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
969 return false;
970 }
971
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000972 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
973 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
974 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000975 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000976 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
977 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
978 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
979 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000980 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000981 }
982
983 if (Ctx) {
984 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
985 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000986 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000987 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
988 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
989
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000990 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000991 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
992 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
993 // non-transparent context.
994 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000995 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000996
997 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
998 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
999 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1000 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1001 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1002 // in the corresponding interface.
1003 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1004 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1005 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1006 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1007 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001008 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001009 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001010 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1011 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001012 R.resolveKind();
1013 return true;
1014 }
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
1018
1019 continue;
1020 }
1021
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001022 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1023 // lookup considering using directives.
1024 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001025 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1026 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1027 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001028 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1029 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1030 continue;
1031
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001032 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001033 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001034
1035 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1036 // from local scopes.
1037 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1038 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1039 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1040 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1041 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1042
1043 UDirs.done();
1044
1045 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1046 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001047
1048 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1049 R.resolveKind();
1050 return true;
1051 }
1052
1053 continue;
1054 }
1055
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001056 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1057 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1058 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1059 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1060 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1061 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001062 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001063 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001064 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001065 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001066 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001067
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001068 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1069 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1070 if (!S) return false;
1071
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001072 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001073 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001074 return false;
1075
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001076 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001077 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001078 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001079 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1080 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001081 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1082 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1083 UDirs.done();
1084 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001085
1086 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1087 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1088 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1089 FindLocals.restore();
1090
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001091 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001092 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1093 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1094 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1095 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001096 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001097 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001098 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001099 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001100 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1101 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1102 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1103 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001104 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001105 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001106 }
1107 }
1108
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001109 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001110 R.resolveKind();
1111 return true;
1112 }
1113
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001114 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001115 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1116 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1117 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001118 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001119 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1120 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1121 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1122 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001123 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001124 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001125
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001126 if (Ctx) {
1127 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1128 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001129 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001130 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1131 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1132
1133 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1134 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1135 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1136 // non-transparent context.
1137 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1138 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001139
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001140 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1141 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1142 // look into that context.
1143 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1144 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1145 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001146
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001147 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1148 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1149 Found = true;
1150 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001151
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001152 if (Found) {
1153 R.resolveKind();
1154 return true;
1155 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001156
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001157 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1158 return false;
1159 }
1160 }
1161
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001162 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001163 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001164 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001165
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001166 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001167}
1168
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001169/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1170/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1171static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1172 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1173}
1174
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001175Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1176 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1177 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1178 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1179 return M;
1180 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1181 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1182
1183 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1184 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1185 if (M)
1186 return M;
1187
1188 if (auto *Containing =
1189 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1190 M = Containing;
1191 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1192 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1193 // locations.
1194 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1195 } else {
1196 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1197 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1198 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1199 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1200 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1201 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1202 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1203
1204 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1205 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1206 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1207 auto &TopLevel =
1208 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1209 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1210 }
1211
1212 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1213 }
1214
1215 if (M)
1216 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1217 return M;
1218}
1219
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001220void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001221 auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc);
1222 assert(M && "hidden definition not in any module");
1223 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001224}
1225
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001226/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001227static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001228 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1229 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1230 // the module containing the pattern.
1231 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1232 Entity = Pattern;
1233 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001234 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1235 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001236 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1237 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1238 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1239 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1240 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1241 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1242 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1243 }
1244
1245 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1246 // from a template.
1247 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1248 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001249 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1250 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001251}
1252
1253llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1254 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1255 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1256 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001257 Module *M =
1258 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001259 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001260 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001261 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1262 }
1263 return LookupModulesCache;
1264}
1265
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001266bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1267 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1268 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1269 return true;
1270 return false;
1271}
1272
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001273/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1274///
1275/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1276/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1277/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1278/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1279/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1280/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1281bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001282 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001283 Module *DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1284 if (!DeclModule) {
1285 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1286 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
1287 return true;
1288 }
1289
1290 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1291 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1292 // top-level module.)
1293 if (!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) {
1294 if (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1295 return true;
1296 // Also check merged definitions.
1297 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility &&
1298 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D))
1299 return true;
1300 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001301
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001302 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1303 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1304 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1305 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1306 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001307 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1308 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1309 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1310 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1311 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1312 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001313 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1314 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1315 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001316 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1317 // its parent has a visible definition.
1318 D->setHidden(false);
1319 }
1320 return true;
1321 }
1322 return false;
1323 }
1324
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001325 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1326 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1327 if (LookupModules.empty())
1328 return false;
1329
1330 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1331 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1332 return true;
1333
1334 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1335 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1336 return false;
1337
1338 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1339 // the lookup set.
1340 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1341 E = LookupModules.end();
1342 I != E; ++I)
1343 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1344 return true;
1345 return false;
1346}
1347
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001348bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1349 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1350}
1351
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001352/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1353///
1354/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1355/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1356/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001357///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001358/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1359/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001360static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1361 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001362
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001363 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1364 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001365 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1366 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1367 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001368 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001369 return ND;
1370 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001371 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001372
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001373 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001374}
1375
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001376NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001377 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001378}
1379
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001380/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1381/// scope.
1382///
1383/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1384/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1385/// @code
1386/// int x;
1387/// int f() {
1388/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1389/// }
1390/// @endcode
1391///
1392/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1393/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1394/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1395/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1396/// class LookupCriteria.
1397///
1398/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1399/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1400/// in the parent scopes.
1401///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001402/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1403/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1404/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1405/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001406///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001407/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001408bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1409 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001410 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001411
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001412 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1413
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001414 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001415 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1416 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001417 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001418 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1419 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001420 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001421 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001422 }
1423
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001424 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1425 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1426
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001427 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1428 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1429 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1430 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001431 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1432
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001433 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001434 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001435 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001436 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001437 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1438 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1439 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001440 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001441 LeftStartingScope = true;
1442
1443 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1444 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001445 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1446 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001447 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001448 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001449 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001450 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1451 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1452 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001453
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001454 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001455
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001456 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1457 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001458 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001459 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1460 // actually exists in a Scope).
1461 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1462 S = S->getParent();
1463
1464 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1465 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1466 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1467 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001468 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001469
1470 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001471 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001472 if (!S)
1473 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1474
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001475 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1476 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001477 if (S) {
1478 // Match based on scope.
1479 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1480 break;
1481 } else {
1482 // Match based on DeclContext.
1483 DeclContext *LastDC
1484 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1485 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1486 break;
1487 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001488
1489 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1490 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1491 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001492 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001493
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001494 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001495 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001496
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001497 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001498 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001499 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001500 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001501 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001502 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001503 }
1504
1505 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1506 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1507 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001508 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1509 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001510
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001511 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1512 // may be able to handle the situation.
1513 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1514 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1515 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001516}
1517
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001518/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1519/// using directives by the given context.
1520///
1521/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001522/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001523/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1524/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1525/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1526/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1527/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1528/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1529/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1530/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1531/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1532/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1533/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1534/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001535///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001536/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1537/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1538/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1539/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1540/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1541/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1542/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1543/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1544/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001545static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001546 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001547 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1548
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001549 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1550 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001551
1552 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001553 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001554 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1555
1556 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1557 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001558 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001559
1560 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1561 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001562 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1563 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001564 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001565 Queue.push_back(ND);
1566 }
1567
1568 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1569 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1570 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1571 // a tag.
1572 bool FoundTag = false;
1573 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1574
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001575 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001576
1577 bool Found = false;
1578 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001579 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001580
1581 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1582 // between LookupResults.
1583 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001584 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001585 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001586
1587 if (FoundDirect) {
1588 // First do any local hiding.
1589 DirectR.resolveKind();
1590
1591 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1592 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1593 FoundTag = true;
1594 else
1595 FoundNonTag = true;
1596
1597 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1598 if (UseLocal) {
1599 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1600 LocalR.clear();
1601 }
1602 }
1603
1604 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1605 if (FoundDirect) {
1606 Found = true;
1607 continue;
1608 }
1609
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001610 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001611 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001612 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001613 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1614 }
1615 }
1616
1617 if (Found) {
1618 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1619 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1620 else
1621 R.resolveKind();
1622 }
1623
1624 return Found;
1625}
1626
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001627/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001628static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001629 CXXBasePath &Path,
1630 void *Name) {
1631 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001632
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001633 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1634 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001635 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001636}
1637
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001638/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001639/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1640template<typename InputIterator>
1641static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1642 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1643 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1644 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001645
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001646 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1647 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1648 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1649 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1650 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001651
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001652 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1653 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1654 break;
1655 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001656
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001657 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1658 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1659 break;
1660 }
1661 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001662
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001663 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1664 return true;
1665 }
1666
1667 return false;
1668}
1669
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001670/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001671///
1672/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1673/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001674/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001675///
1676/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1677/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1678/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1679/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1680/// class LookupCriteria.
1681///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001682/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1683///
1684/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001685/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1686/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1687///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001688/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001689/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001690///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001691/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1692bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1693 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001694 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001695
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001696 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001697 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001698
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001699 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1700 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1701 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001702 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001703 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001704 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001705
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001706 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001707 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001708 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001709 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1710 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001711 return true;
1712 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001713
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001714 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1715 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1716 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1717 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1718 // for the namespace member has the form
1719 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1720 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1721 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1722 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001723 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001724 return false;
1725
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001726 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001727 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001728 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001729
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001730 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001731 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001732 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001733 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001734 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001735
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001736 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1737 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001738 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001739 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1740 // or we have to fail.
1741 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1742 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1743 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1744 return false;
1745 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001746
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001747 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001748 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1749 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001750
1751 // Look for this member in our base classes
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001752 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001753 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001754 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001755 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1756 case LookupMemberName:
1757 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001758 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001759 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1760 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001761
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001762 case LookupTagName:
1763 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1764 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001765
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001766 case LookupAnyName:
1767 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1768 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001769
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001770 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1771 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001772
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001773 case LookupOperatorName:
1774 case LookupNamespaceName:
1775 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001776 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001777 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001778 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001779
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001780 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1781 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1782 break;
1783 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001784
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001785 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1786 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001787 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001788
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001789 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1790
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001791 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1792 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1793 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1794 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1795 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1796 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001797 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001798 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001799 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001800
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001801 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001802 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001803 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001804
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001805 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1806 // across all paths.
1807 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001808
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001809 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1810 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001811 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001812 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1813 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001814 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001815 }
1816
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001817 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001818 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1819 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001820 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00001821 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001822 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001823 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001824 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1825 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001826
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001827 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1828 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001829 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1830 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1831 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001832
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001833 ++FirstD;
1834 ++CurrentD;
1835 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001836
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001837 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1838 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001839 continue;
1840 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001841
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001842 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1843 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001844 }
1845
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001846 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001847 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1848
1849 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1850 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1851 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001852 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001853 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001854 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001855
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001856 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1857 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001858 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1859 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001860 }
1861 }
1862
1863 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1864
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00001865 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001866 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1867 D->getAccess());
1868 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1869 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001870 R.resolveKind();
1871 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001872}
1873
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00001874/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
1875/// "__super::" scope specifier.
1876///
1877/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
1878/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
1879/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
1880///
1881/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1882///
1883/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
1884/// search.
1885///
1886/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
1887///
1888/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1889bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1890 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
1891 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
1892 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
1893 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
1894 else
1895
1896 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
1897}
1898
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001899/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1900/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1901///
1902/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1903/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1904/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1905/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001906/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
1907/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001908///
1909/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1910/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001911///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001912/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001913///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001914/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1915/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1916///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001917/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001918bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001919 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001920 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1921 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001922 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001923 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001924 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001925
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001926 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001927 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
1928 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
1929 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
1930
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001931 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001932 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001933 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001934 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001935 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001936
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001937 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001938 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001939 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001940
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001941 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001942 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001943 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001944 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1945 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001946 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001947 }
1948
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001949 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001950 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001951}
1952
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00001953/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
1954/// class.
1955///
1956/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1957///
1958/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
1959/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001960///
1961/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
1962bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00001963 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
1964 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
1965 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1966 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
1967 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
1968 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
1969 for (auto *Decl : Result)
1970 R.addDecl(Decl);
1971 }
1972
1973 R.resolveKind();
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001974
1975 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00001976}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001977
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001978/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001979/// from name lookup.
1980///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001981/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001982void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001983 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1984
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001985 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1986 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1987 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1988
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001989 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1990 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1991 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1992 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1993 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1994 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1995 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001996
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001997 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001998 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1999 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2000 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002001
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002002 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002003 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002004 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002005
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002006 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002007 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2008 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002009
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002010 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002011 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002012 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2013 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002014 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002015 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002016 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2017 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2018 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002019 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002020 }
2021
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002022 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2023 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002024
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002025 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
2026
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002027 for (auto *D : Result)
2028 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002029 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2030 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2031 }
2032
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002033 for (auto *D : Result)
2034 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2035 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002036
2037 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002038 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2039 while (F.hasNext()) {
2040 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2041 F.erase();
2042 }
2043 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002044 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002045 }
2046
2047 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2048 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002049
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002050 for (auto *D : Result)
2051 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002052 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002053 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002054 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002055}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002056
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002057namespace {
2058 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002059 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002060 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2061 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002062 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2063 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002064 }
2065
2066 Sema &S;
2067 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2068 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002069 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002070 };
2071}
2072
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002073static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002074addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002075
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002076static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2077 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2078 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2079
2080 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2081 // be a locally scoped record.
2082
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002083 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2084 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2085 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2086 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2087 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002088 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2089
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002090 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002091 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002092}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002093
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002094// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002095// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002097addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2098 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002099 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002101 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2102 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2103 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002104
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002105 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2106 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2107 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2108 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002109 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002110 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002111
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002112 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002113 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002114 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2115 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002116 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002117 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002119 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002120 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2121 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002122 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002123 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002124 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002125 }
2126 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002127 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002128
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002129 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002130 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2131 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002132 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002133 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002134 // associated namespaces. ]
2135 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002136
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002137 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002138 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2139 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002140 break;
2141 }
2142}
2143
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002144// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2146// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2147static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002148addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2149 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2150
2151 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2152 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2153 return;
2154
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002155 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2156 // [...]
2157 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2158 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2159 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2160 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002161 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002162
2163 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2164 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2165 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002166 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002167 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002168 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002169
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002170 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2171 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002172 //
2173 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2174 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2175 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002176 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002177 return;
2178
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2180 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002181 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002182 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002183 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2185 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2186 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002187 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002188 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002189 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2190 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2191 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002192 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002193 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002194 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002195
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002196 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2197 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002198 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002199 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002200
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002201 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002202 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2203 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002204
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002205 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2206 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002207 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002208 Bases.push_back(Class);
2209 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2210 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002211 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002212
2213 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002214 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2215 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002216 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2217 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2218 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2219 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2220 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2221 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2222 if (!BaseType)
2223 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002224 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002225 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002226 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2227 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002228 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002229
2230 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2231 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2232 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2233 }
2234 }
2235 }
2236}
2237
2238// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2239// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2241static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002242addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002243 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2244 //
2245 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2246 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2247 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2248 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2249 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2250 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2251 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2252 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002253
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002254 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002255 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2256
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002257 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002258 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2259
2260#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2261#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2262#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2263#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2264#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2265#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2266 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2267 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2268 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2269 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2270 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002271 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002272
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002273 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2274 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2275 case Type::Pointer:
2276 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2277 continue;
2278 case Type::ConstantArray:
2279 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2280 case Type::VariableArray:
2281 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2282 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002283
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002284 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2285 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2286 case Type::Builtin:
2287 break;
2288
2289 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2290 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2291 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2292 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2293 // which its associated classes are defined.
2294 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002295 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2296 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002297 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2298 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002299 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002300 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002301 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002302
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002303 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2304 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002305 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002306 // it has no associated class.
2307 case Type::Enum: {
2308 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002309
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002310 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2311 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002312 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002313
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002314 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002315 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002316
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002317 break;
2318 }
2319
2320 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2321 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2322 // types and those associated with the return type.
2323 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2324 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002325 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2326 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002327 // fallthrough
2328 }
2329 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2330 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002331 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002332 continue;
2333 }
2334
2335 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2336 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2337 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2338 // together with those associated with X.
2339 //
2340 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2341 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2342 // with the member type together with those associated with
2343 // X.
2344 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2345 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2346
2347 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2348 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2349
2350 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2351 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2352 continue;
2353 }
2354
2355 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2356 case Type::BlockPointer:
2357 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2358 continue;
2359
2360 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2361 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2362 case Type::LValueReference:
2363 case Type::RValueReference:
2364 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2365 continue;
2366
2367 // These are fundamental types.
2368 case Type::Vector:
2369 case Type::ExtVector:
2370 case Type::Complex:
2371 break;
2372
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002373 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2374 case Type::Auto:
2375 break;
2376
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002377 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2378 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2379 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002380 case Type::ObjCObject:
2381 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2382 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002383 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002384 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002385
2386 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2387 // contained type.
2388 case Type::Atomic:
2389 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2390 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002391 }
2392
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002393 if (Queue.empty())
2394 break;
2395 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002396 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002397}
2398
2399/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2400/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2401/// arguments.
2402///
2403/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002404/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002405/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002406void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2407 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2408 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2409 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002410 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2411 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2412
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002413 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2414 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002415
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002416 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2417 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2418 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2419 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2420 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2421 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002423 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002424 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2425
2426 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002427 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002428 continue;
2429 }
2430
2431 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2432 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2433 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2434 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2435 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2436 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2437 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002438 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002439 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002440 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002441 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002443 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2444 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002445
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002446 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002447 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002448 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002449
2450 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2451 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002452 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002453 }
2454 }
2455}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002456
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002457NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002458 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002459 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2460 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002461 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002462 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002463 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002464}
2465
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002466/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002467ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002468 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2469 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002470 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002471 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002472 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2473}
2474
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002475void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002477 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002478 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2479 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2480 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2481 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2482 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002483 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002484 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002485 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2486 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002488 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002489 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002490}
2491
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002492Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002493 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2494 bool ConstArg,
2495 bool VolatileArg,
2496 bool RValueThis,
2497 bool ConstThis,
2498 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002499 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002500 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002501 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002502 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2503 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2504 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2505 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2506 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2507 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2508
2509 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002510 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002511 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2512 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2513 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2514 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2515 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2516 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2517
2518 void *InsertPoint;
2519 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2520 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2521
2522 // This was already cached
2523 if (Result)
2524 return Result;
2525
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002526 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2527 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002528 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2529
2530 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002531 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002532 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2533 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002534 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2535 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002536 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2537 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002538 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002539 return Result;
2540 }
2541
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002542 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2543 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002544 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002545 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002546 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002547 unsigned NumArgs;
2548
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002549 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2550 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2551
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002552 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2553 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2554 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002555 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2556 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002557 } else {
2558 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2559 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002560 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002561 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002562 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002563 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002564 } else {
2565 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002566 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002567 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002568 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002569 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002570 }
2571
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002572 if (ConstArg)
2573 ArgType.addConst();
2574 if (VolatileArg)
2575 ArgType.addVolatile();
2576
2577 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2578 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2579 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2580 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2581 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2582 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2583 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002584 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002585 VK = VK_LValue;
2586 else
2587 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002588 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002589
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002590 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2591
2592 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002593 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002594 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002595 }
2596
2597 // Create the object argument
2598 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2599 if (ConstThis)
2600 ThisTy.addConst();
2601 if (VolatileThis)
2602 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002603 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002604 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2605 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002606
2607 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2608 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2609 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002610 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002611 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002612
2613 if (R.empty()) {
2614 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2615 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2616 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2617 // destructor.
2618 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2619 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2620 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2621 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2622 return Result;
2623 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002624
2625 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2626 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2627 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2628
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002629 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002630 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002631 continue;
2632
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002633 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2634 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2635 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2636 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2637 // either.
2638 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2639
2640 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2641 continue;
2642 }
2643
2644 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002645 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002646 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002647 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2648 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002649 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002650 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2651 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002652 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002653 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002654 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2655 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002656 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002657 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002658 OCS, true);
2659 else
2660 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002661 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002662 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002663 } else {
2664 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002665 }
2666 }
2667
2668 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2669 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2670 case OR_Success:
2671 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002672 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002673 break;
2674
2675 case OR_Deleted:
2676 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002677 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002678 break;
2679
2680 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002681 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002682 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2683 break;
2684
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002685 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002686 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002687 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002688 break;
2689 }
2690
2691 return Result;
2692}
2693
2694/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2695CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002697 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2698 false, false);
2699
2700 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002701}
2702
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002703/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2704CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002705 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002706 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2707 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2708 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2709 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2710 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2711
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002712 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2713}
2714
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002715/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002716CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2717 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002718 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002719 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2720 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002721
2722 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2723}
2724
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002725/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2726DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002727 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002728 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002729 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002730 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002731 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002732 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002734 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002735 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002736
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002737 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2738 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2739 return Class->lookup(Name);
2740}
2741
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002742/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2743CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2744 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002745 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002746 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2747 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2748 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2749 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2750 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2751 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2752 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2753 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2754 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2755
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002756 return Result->getMethod();
2757}
2758
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002759/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2760CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002761 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002762 bool RValueThis,
2763 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2764 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2765 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2766 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002767 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2768 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002769 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2770 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2771
2772 return Result->getMethod();
2773}
2774
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002775/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2776///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002777/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2778/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002779///
2780/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2781CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002782 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2783 false, false, false,
2784 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002785}
2786
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002787/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2788/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2789///
2790/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2791/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2792/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2793Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2794Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2795 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002796 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2797 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002798 LookupName(R, S);
2799 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2800 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2801
2802 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2803 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2804
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002805 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002806 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2807 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002808 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2809
2810 while (F.hasNext()) {
2811 Decl *D = F.next();
2812 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2813 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2814
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002815 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2816 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2817 F.erase();
2818 continue;
2819 }
2820
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002821 bool IsRaw = false;
2822 bool IsTemplate = false;
2823 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2824 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2825
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002826 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2827 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2828 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2829 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002830 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002831 IsExactMatch = true;
2832 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2833 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2834 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2835 IsExactMatch = false;
2836 break;
2837 }
2838 }
2839 }
2840 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002841 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2842 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2843 if (Params->size() == 1)
2844 IsTemplate = true;
2845 else
2846 IsStringTemplate = true;
2847 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002848
2849 if (IsExactMatch) {
2850 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002851 AllowRaw = false;
2852 AllowTemplate = false;
2853 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2854 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002855 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2856 // already found.
2857 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002858 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002859 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002860 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2861 FoundRaw = true;
2862 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2863 FoundTemplate = true;
2864 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2865 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002866 } else {
2867 F.erase();
2868 }
2869 }
2870
2871 F.done();
2872
2873 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2874 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2875 // or literal operator template.
2876 if (FoundExactMatch)
2877 return LOLR_Cooked;
2878
2879 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2880 // operator template, but not both.
2881 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2882 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002883 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2884 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002885 return LOLR_Error;
2886 }
2887
2888 if (FoundRaw)
2889 return LOLR_Raw;
2890
2891 if (FoundTemplate)
2892 return LOLR_Template;
2893
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002894 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2895 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2896
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002897 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2898 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2899 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002900 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2901 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002902 return LOLR_Error;
2903}
2904
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002905void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2906 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2907
2908 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2909 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002910 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002911 Old = New;
2912 return;
2913 }
2914
2915 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002916 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2917 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002918
2919 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2920 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002921 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002922
2923 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2924 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2925 if (!Cursor) return;
2926
2927 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2928 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2929
2930 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2931 }
2932
2933 Old = New;
2934}
2935
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002936void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2937 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002938 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2939 // arguments we have.
2940 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2941 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002942 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002943 AssociatedNamespaces,
2944 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002945
2946 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002947 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2948 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2949 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2950 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2951 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2952 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2953 // is the union of X and Y.
2954 //
2955 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2956 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002957 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002958 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2959 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2960 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2961 //
2962 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2963 // ignored.
2964 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002965 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002966 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2967 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2968 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002969 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
2970 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002971 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2972 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002973 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2974 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2975 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2976 continue;
2977
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002978 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2979 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2980 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2981 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2982 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2983 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2984 break;
2985 }
2986 }
2987 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002988 continue;
2989 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002990
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002991 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2992 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002993
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002994 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002995 continue;
2996
2997 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002998 }
2999 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003000}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003001
3002//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3003// Search for all visible declarations.
3004//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3005VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
3006
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003007bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3008
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003009namespace {
3010
3011class ShadowContextRAII;
3012
3013class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3014public:
3015 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3016 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3017 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003018 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003019
3020private:
3021 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3022 /// this name within a particular scope.
3023 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3024
3025 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3026 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3027
3028 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3029 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3030
3031 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3032
3033public:
3034 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3035 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3036 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003037 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003038 }
3039
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003040 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3041 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3042 }
3043
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003044 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3045 /// current scope.
3046 ///
3047 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3048 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3049 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3050
3051 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003052 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3053 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3054 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003055};
3056
3057/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3058class ShadowContextRAII {
3059 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3060
3061 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3062
3063public:
3064 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003065 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003066 }
3067
3068 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003069 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3070 }
3071};
3072
3073} // end anonymous namespace
3074
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003075NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003076 // Look through using declarations.
3077 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003078
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003079 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3080 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3081 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3082 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3083 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3084 if (Pos == SM->end())
3085 continue;
3086
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003087 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003088 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003089 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003090 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003091 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3092 continue;
3093
3094 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003095 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003096 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003097 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003098 continue;
3099
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003100 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3101 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3102 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003103 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003104 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003105 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003106 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003107
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003108 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003109 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003110 }
3111 }
3112
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003113 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003114}
3115
3116static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3117 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003118 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003119 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3120 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003121 if (!Ctx)
3122 return;
3123
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003124 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3125 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3126 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003127
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003128 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3129 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3130 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3131 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3132 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3133
3134 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3135 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3136 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3137 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3138 Idents.get(Name);
3139 }
3140
3141 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3142 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3143 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3144 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3145 I != E; ++I) {
3146 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3147 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3148 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3149 Visited.add(ND);
3150 }
3151 }
3152 }
3153 }
3154
3155 return;
3156 }
3157
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003158 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3159 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3160
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003161 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003162 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003163 for (auto *D : R) {
3164 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3165 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3166 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003167 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003168 }
3169 }
3170
3171 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3172 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3173 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003174 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003175 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003176 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003177 }
3178 }
3179
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003180 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003181 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003182 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3183 return;
3184
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003185 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3186 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003187
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003188 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3189 // there anyway.
3190 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3191 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003192
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003193 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3194 if (!Record)
3195 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003196
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003197 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3198 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3199 //
3200 // struct A { int member; };
3201 // struct B { int member; };
3202 // struct C : A, B { };
3203 //
3204 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3205 //
3206 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3207 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3208 // class, e.g.,
3209 //
3210 // c->B::member
3211 //
3212 // or
3213 //
3214 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003215
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003216 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3217 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3218 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003219 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003220 }
3221 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003222
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003223 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3224 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3225 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003226 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003227 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003228 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003229 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003230 }
3231
3232 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003233 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003234 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003235 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003236 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003237 }
3238
3239 // Traverse the superclass.
3240 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3241 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3242 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003243 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003244 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003245
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003246 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3247 // synthesized ivars.
3248 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3249 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003250 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003251 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003252 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003253 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003254 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003255 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003256 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003257 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003258 }
3259 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003260 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003261 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003262 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003263 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003264 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003265
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003266 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3267 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3268 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003269 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003270 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003271 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003272 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003273}
3274
3275static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3276 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3277 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3278 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3279 if (!S)
3280 return;
3281
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003282 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3283 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003284 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3285 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003286 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003287 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003288 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3289 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003290 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003291 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003292 Visited.add(ND);
3293 }
3294 }
3295 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003296
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003297 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003298 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003299 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003300 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3301 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3302 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003303 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003304 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003305
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003306 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003307 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003308 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3309 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3310 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3311 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3312 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003313 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003314 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003315 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003316 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003317 }
3318
3319 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3320 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3321 // outer scope.
3322 break;
3323 }
3324
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003325 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3326 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003327
3328 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003329 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003330 }
3331 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3332 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3333 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3334 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3335 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3336 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3337 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003338 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003339 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003340 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003341 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003342 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003343 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003344 }
3345
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003346 if (Entity) {
3347 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3348 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003349 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3350 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003351 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003352 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003353 }
3354
3355 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3356 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3357 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3358}
3359
3360void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003361 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3362 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003363 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3364 // unqualified name lookup.
3365 Scope *Initial = S;
3366 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003367 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003368 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3369 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3370 S = S->getParent();
3371
3372 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3373 }
3374 UDirs.done();
3375
3376 // Look for visible declarations.
3377 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003378 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003379 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003380 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3381 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003382 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3383 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3384}
3385
3386void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003387 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3388 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003389 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003390 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003391 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003392 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3393 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003394 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003395 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003396 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003397}
3398
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003399/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003400/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3401/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3402/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003403LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003404 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003405 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003406 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003407
3408 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3409 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3410 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3411 Scope *S = CurScope;
3412 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3413 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3414 }
3415
3416 // Not a GNU local label.
3417 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3418 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3419 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003420 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003421 Res = nullptr;
3422 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003423 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003424 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3425 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003426 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3427 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003428 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003429 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3430}
3431
3432//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003433// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003434//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003435
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003436static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3437 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3438 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3439 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3440}
3441
3442static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3443 LookupResult &Res,
3444 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3445 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3446 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3447 bool EnteringContext,
3448 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3449 bool FindHidden);
3450
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003451/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3452/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3453/// a module' correction.
3454static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3455 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3456 return;
3457
3458 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3459
3460 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3461 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3462 break;
3463 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3464 if (DI == DE)
3465 return;
3466
3467 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3468 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3469
3470 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3471 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3472 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3473 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3474
3475 if (VisibleDecl) {
3476 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3477 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3478 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3479 NewDecls.clear();
3480 }
3481 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3482 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3483 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3484 }
3485
3486 if (NewDecls.empty())
3487 TC = TypoCorrection();
3488 else {
3489 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3490 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3491 }
3492}
3493
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003494// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3495// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3496// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3497static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3498 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3499 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3500 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3501 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3502 else
3503 Identifiers.clear();
3504
3505 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3506
3507 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3508 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3509 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3510 break;
3511
3512 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3513 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3514 return;
3515 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3516 break;
3517
3518 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3519 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3520 break;
3521
3522 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3523 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3524 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3525 break;
3526
3527 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003528 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003529 return;
3530 }
3531
3532 if (II)
3533 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3534}
3535
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003536void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003537 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003538 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3539 if (Hiding)
3540 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003541
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003542 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3543 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3544 // etc.).
3545 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3546 if (!Name)
3547 return;
3548
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003549 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3550 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003551 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003552 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3553 return;
3554
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003555 FoundName(Name->getName());
3556}
3557
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003558void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003559 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3560 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003561 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003562}
3563
3564void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3565 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3566 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003567 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003568}
3569
3570void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3571 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003572 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3573 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003574 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3575 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3576 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003577 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003578
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003579 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3580 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003581 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3582 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003583 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003584
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003585 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003586 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003587 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003588 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003589}
3590
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003591static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3592
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003593void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003594 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003595 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003596
3597 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3598 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3599 // longer than the typo itself.
3600 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3601 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3602 return;
3603
3604 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003605 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3606 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3607 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3608 return;
3609 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003610
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003611 TypoResultList &CList =
3612 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003613
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003614 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3615 CList.pop_back();
3616 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3617 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3618 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3619 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3620 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3621 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3622 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3623 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3624 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3625 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3626 *RI = Correction;
3627 return;
3628 }
3629 }
3630 }
3631 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3632 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003633
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003634 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003635 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3636}
3637
3638void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3639 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3640 SearchNamespaces = true;
3641
3642 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3643 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3644
3645 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3646 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3647 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3648 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3649 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3650 }
3651 for (const auto *TI : SemaRef.getASTContext().types()) {
3652 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3653 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3654 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3655 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3656 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3657 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3658 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3659 }
3660 }
3661}
3662
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003663const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3664 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3665 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3666
3667 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003668 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3669 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3670 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3671 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3672 continue;
3673 }
3674
3675 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3676 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3677 DI->second.erase(RI);
3678 performQualifiedLookups();
3679 continue;
3680 }
3681
3682 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003683 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003684 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3685 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3686 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003687 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003688 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003689}
3690
3691bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3692 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3693 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003694 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003695retry_lookup:
3696 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3697 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003698 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003699 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3700 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3701 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3702 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3703 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3704 if (TempSS) {
3705 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3706 TempSS = nullptr;
3707 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3708 goto retry_lookup;
3709 }
3710 if (TempMemberContext) {
3711 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003712 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003713 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3714 goto retry_lookup;
3715 }
3716 if (SearchNamespaces)
3717 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3718 break;
3719
3720 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3721 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3722 break;
3723
3724 case LookupResult::Found:
3725 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3726 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3727 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3728 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003729 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003730 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003731 if (SearchNamespaces)
3732 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3733 break;
3734 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003735 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003736 return true;
3737 }
3738 return false;
3739}
3740
3741void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3742 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3743 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3744 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3745 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3746 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3747
3748 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3749 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3750 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3751 // is an appropriate correction.
3752 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
3753 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3754 continue;
3755 }
3756
3757 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3758 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3759 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3760 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3761 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
3762
3763 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
3764 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
3765 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
3766 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
3767 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
3768 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
3769 continue;
3770
3771 Result.clear();
3772 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
3773 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
3774 continue;
3775
3776 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
3777 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
3778 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3779 case LookupResult::Found:
3780 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
3781 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
3782 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3783 std::string OldQualified;
3784 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
3785 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
3786 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
3787 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
3788 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
3789 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
3790 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
3791 break;
3792 }
3793 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
3794 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
3795 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
3796 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
3797 : nullptr,
3798 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
3799 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
3800 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003801 if (TC.isResolved()) {
3802 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003803 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003804 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003805 break;
3806 }
3807 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3808 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3809 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3810 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3811 break;
3812 }
3813 }
3814 }
3815 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003816}
3817
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003818TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
3819 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00003820 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003821 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3822 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3823 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3824 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3825
3826 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3827 }
3828 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
3829 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
3830 // context.
3831 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3832 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3833 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3834 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3835 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3836 }
3837
3838 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003839 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3840 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
3841 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003842}
3843
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00003844auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
3845 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003846 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003847 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003848 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003849 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3850 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3851 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3852 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3853 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3854 }
3855 return Chain;
3856}
3857
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003858unsigned
3859TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
3860 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003861 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3862 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3863 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3864 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3865 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3866 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3867 ++NumSpecifiers;
3868 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3869 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3870 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3871 ++NumSpecifiers;
3872 }
3873 }
3874 return NumSpecifiers;
3875}
3876
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003877void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
3878 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003879 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003880 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003881 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003882 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3883
3884 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3885 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3886 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3887 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3888 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3889 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3890 }
3891
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003892 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003893 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003894
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003895 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3896 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003897 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003898 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003899 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003900 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003901 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3902 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003903 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003904 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3905 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003906 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3907 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003908 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3909 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3910 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3911 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3912 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3913 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3914 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003915 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003916 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3917 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3918 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3919 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3920 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3921 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003922 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003923 }
3924 }
3925
3926 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3927 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3928 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3929 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3930 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3931 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3932 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3933 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00003934 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3935 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003936 }
3937
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003938 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
3939 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003940}
3941
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003942/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3943static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3944 LookupResult &Res,
3945 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3946 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3947 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3948 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003949 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3950 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003951 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3952 Res.clear();
3953 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003954 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003955 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003956 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003957 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003958 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3959 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3960 Res.resolveKind();
3961 return;
3962 }
3963 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003964
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003965 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3966 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3967 Res.resolveKind();
3968 return;
3969 }
3970 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003971
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003972 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3973 return;
3974 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003975
3976 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003977 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003978
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003979 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3980 // LookupParsedName.
3981 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3982 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003983 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003984 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3985 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003986 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003987 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3988 Res.addDecl(IV);
3989 Res.resolveKind();
3990 }
3991 }
3992 }
3993}
3994
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003995/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3996static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3997 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003998 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3999 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4000 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4001 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4002 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4003 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4004 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4005 return;
4006 }
4007
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004008 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4009 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004010
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004011 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004012 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004013 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004014 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004015 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004016 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4017 // storage-specifiers as well
4018 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4019 };
4020
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004021 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004022 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4023 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4024
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004025 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004026 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004027 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004028 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004029 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004030 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4031
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004032 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004033 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4034 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4035 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4036
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004037 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004038 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4039 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4040 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4041 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4042 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4043 }
4044 }
4045
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004046 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004047 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004048 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4049 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4050 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4051 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4052 };
4053 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4054 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004055 }
4056
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004057 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004058 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4059 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4060 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4061 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4062 }
4063
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004064 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004065 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004066 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004067 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4068 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4069 }
4070
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004071 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004072 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004073 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4074 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004075 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004076 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4077 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4078
4079 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4080 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4081 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4082
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004083 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004084 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4085 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4086 }
4087 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004088
4089 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4090 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4091 // is present.
4092 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4093 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004094 }
4095
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004096 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004097 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4098 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004099 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004100 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004101 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004102 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4103 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4104
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004105 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004106 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4107 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4108 }
4109
4110 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4111 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4112
4113 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4114 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4115
4116 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4117 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4118 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4119 }
4120 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004121 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004122 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4123 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4124 }
4125
4126 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4127 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4128 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4129 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4130 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4131 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4132 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4133 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4134 }
4135 }
4136
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004137 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004138 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4139
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004140 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004141 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4142 }
4143 }
4144}
4145
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004146std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4147 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4148 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4149 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4150 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004151 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004152
4153 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4154 DisableTypoCorrection)
4155 return nullptr;
4156
4157 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4158 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4159 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4160 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4161 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4162 return nullptr;
4163
4164 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4165 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4166 if (!Typo)
4167 return nullptr;
4168
4169 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4170 // typos.
4171 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4172 return nullptr;
4173
4174 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4175 // instantiation.
4176 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4177 return nullptr;
4178
4179 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4180 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4181 return nullptr;
4182
4183 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4184 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4185 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4186 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4187 return nullptr;
4188
4189 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4190 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4191 // remove this workaround.
4192 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4193 return nullptr;
4194
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004195 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4196 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4197 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4198 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4199 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4200 return nullptr;
4201 ++TyposCorrected;
4202
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004203 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4204 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4205 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4206 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4207 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4208 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4209 TypoName.getLocStart());
4210 }
4211
4212 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4213 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4214 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4215 EnteringContext);
4216
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004217 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004218 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004219 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4220 if (MemberContext) {
4221 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4222
4223 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4224 if (OPT) {
4225 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4226 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4227 }
4228 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4229 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4230 if (!QualifiedDC)
4231 return nullptr;
4232
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004233 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4234 } else {
4235 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004236 }
4237
4238 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4239 // corrections.
4240 bool SearchNamespaces
4241 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4242 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4243
4244 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4245 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4246 // seen in this translation unit.
4247 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4248 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4249 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4250
4251 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4252 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4253 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4254 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4255 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4256 do {
4257 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4258 if (Name.empty())
4259 break;
4260
4261 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4262 } while (true);
4263 }
4264 }
4265
4266 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4267
4268 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4269 // to search those namespaces.
4270 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4271 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4272 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4273 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4274 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4275 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4276 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4277 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4278 }
4279
4280 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4281 }
4282
4283 return Consumer;
4284}
4285
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004286/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4287/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4288/// present in the source code.
4289///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004290/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4291/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4292///
4293/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004294///
4295/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4296///
4297/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4298/// looking for, if present.
4299///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004300/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4301/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4302/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4303///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004304/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4305/// a member access expression.
4306///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004307/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004308/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4309///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004310/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4311/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4312///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004313/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4314/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4315/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4316/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4317TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4318 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4319 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004320 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004321 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004322 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4323 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004324 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4325 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004326 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4327
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004328 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4329 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4330 if (ExternalSource) {
4331 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004332 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004333 return Correction;
4334 }
4335
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004336 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4337 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4338 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4339 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4340 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004341
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004342 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004343 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4344 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004345 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004346
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004347 if (!Consumer)
4348 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004349
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004350 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004351 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004352 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004353
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004354 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4355 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004356 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4357 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004358 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004359 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004360
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004361 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4362 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004363 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004364 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004365
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004366 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004367
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004368 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004369 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4370 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4371 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004372 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004373 }
4374
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004375 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004376 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4377 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4378 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004379
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004380 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4381 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004382 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4383 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004384
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004385 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4386 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004387 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004388 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004389 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004390 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4391 // context.
4392
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004393 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4394 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4395 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004396 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4397 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004398 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004399 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4400 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004401 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4402 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004403 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004404
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004405 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4406 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004407 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004408
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004409 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4410 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4411 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004412 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004413}
4414
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004415/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4416/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4417/// present in the source code.
4418///
4419/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4420/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4421///
4422/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4423///
4424/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4425///
4426/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4427/// looking for, if present.
4428///
4429/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4430/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4431/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4432///
4433/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4434/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4435///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004436/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4437/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4438///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004439/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4440/// a member access expression.
4441///
4442/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4443/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4444///
4445/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4446/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4447///
4448/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4449/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4450/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4451/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4452/// needed.
4453TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4454 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4455 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4456 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004457 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004458 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4459 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4460 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4461
4462 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004463 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4464 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004465 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004466
4467 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4468 return nullptr;
4469
4470 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4471 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4472 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4473 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4474 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4475 return nullptr;
4476
4477 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004478 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004479}
4480
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004481void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4482 if (!CDecl) return;
4483
4484 if (isKeyword())
4485 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4486
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004487 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004488
4489 if (!CorrectionName)
4490 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4491}
4492
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004493std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4494 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4495 std::string tmpBuffer;
4496 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4497 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004498 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004499 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004500 }
4501
4502 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004503}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004504
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004505bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4506 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004507 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4508 return true;
4509
4510 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4511 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4512 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4513
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004514 bool HasNonType = false;
4515 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4516 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4517 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4518 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4519 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4520 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4521 if (Method->isStatic())
4522 HasStaticMethod = true;
4523 else
4524 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4525 }
4526 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4527 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004528 }
4529
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004530 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4531 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4532 return false;
4533
4534 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004535}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004536
4537FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004538 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004539 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004540 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004541 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004542 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4543 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004544 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4545}
4546
4547bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4548 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4549 return candidate.isKeyword();
4550
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004551 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004552 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004553 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004554 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4555 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4556 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4557 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4558 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4559 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4560 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4561 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4562 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4563 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4564 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004565 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004566 return true;
4567 }
4568 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004569
4570 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4571 // the current number of arguments.
4572 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4573 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4574 continue;
4575
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004576 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4577 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4578 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4579 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004580 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004581 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4582 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4583 MemberFn
4584 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4585 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004586 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004587 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004588 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4589 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4590 continue;
4591 }
4592 }
4593 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004594 }
4595 return false;
4596}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004597
4598void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4599 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4600 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4601 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4602 ErrorRecovery);
4603}
4604
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004605/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4606/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004607static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4608 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004609 return VD->getDefinition();
4610 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004611 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4612 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004613 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004614 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004615 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004616 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004617 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004618 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004619 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004620 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004621}
4622
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004623/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4624/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4625///
4626/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4627/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4628/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4629/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4630/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4631/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4632/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4633/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4634/// to it.
4635void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4636 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4637 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4638 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4639 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4640 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4641 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4642 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4643
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004644 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4645 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4646 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4647 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4648
4649 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4650 // possible.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004651 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004652 if (!Def)
4653 Def = Decl;
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004654 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Def);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004655 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4656
4657 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4658 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4659 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4660 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4661
4662 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
Richard Smith3d23c422014-05-07 02:25:43 +00004663 if (ErrorRecovery)
4664 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(
4665 Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Owner);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004666 return;
4667 }
4668
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004669 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4670 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4671
4672 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004673 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004674 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4675 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4676 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4677}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004678
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004679TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4680 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4681 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004682 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
4683 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
4684 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
4685 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
4686 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004687 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004688 return TE;
4689}
4690
4691const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
4692 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
4693 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
4694 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
4695 return Entry->second;
4696}
4697
4698void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
4699 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
4700}